blob: 54978c33491d013430d8eb2b9491f6ec96f7189c [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000142 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400144 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200145 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500146 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500147 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400148 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
150/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800151/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500152/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500153/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500154/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
155/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
156/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400157/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
159/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
160/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500161/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
162/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500163/net Networking code
164/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500165/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
166/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500167/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169Software Configuration:
170=======================
171
172Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
173rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
174
175There are two classes of configuration variables:
176
177* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
178 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
179 "CONFIG_".
180
181* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
182 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
183 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200184 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000185
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500186Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
187symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
188U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
189allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
190build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000191
192
193Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
194---------------------------------------------------
195
196For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200197configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000198
199Example: For a TQM823L module type:
200
201 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200202 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000203
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500204Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
205you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
206doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000207
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600208Sandbox Environment:
209--------------------
210
211U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
212board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
213specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
214run some of U-Boot's tests.
215
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530216See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600217
218
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700219Board Initialisation Flow:
220--------------------------
221
222This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500223SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700224
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500225Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
226more detail later in this file.
227
228At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
229and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
230may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
231CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
232
233Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
234CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
235
236 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
237 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
238 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
239
240and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
241limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700242
243lowlevel_init():
244 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
245 - no global_data or BSS
246 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
247 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
248 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
249 board_init_f()
250 - this is almost never needed
251 - return normally from this function
252
253board_init_f():
254 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
255 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
256 - global_data is available
257 - stack is in SRAM
258 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
259 only stack variables and global_data
260
261 Non-SPL-specific notes:
262 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
263 can do nothing
264
265 SPL-specific notes:
266 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
267 version as needed.
268 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
269 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
270 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
271 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
272 directly)
273
274Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
275this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
276CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
277memory.
278
279board_init_r():
280 - purpose: main execution, common code
281 - global_data is available
282 - SDRAM is available
283 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
284 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
285
286 Non-SPL-specific notes:
287 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
288 there.
289
290 SPL-specific notes:
291 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
292 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
293 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800294 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700295 spl_board_init() function containing this call
296 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
297
298
299
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000300Configuration Options:
301----------------------
302
303Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
304such information is kept in a configuration file
305"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
306
307Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
308"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
309
310
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000311Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
312kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
313build a config tool - later.
314
315
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000316The following options need to be configured:
317
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500318- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000319
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500320- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200321
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530322- Marvell Family Member
323 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
324 multiple fs option at one time
325 for marvell soc family
326
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600327- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000328 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
329
330 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
331 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
332 compliance, among other possible reasons.
333
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600334 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
335
336 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
337 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
338 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
339
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500340 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
341
342 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
343 tree nodes for the given platform.
344
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000345 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
346
347 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
348 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
349 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
350
351 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
352 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
353
354 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
355 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
356
357 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
358 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
359 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
360 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
361
362 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
363 this erratum.
364
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530365 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
366 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800367 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530368
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530369 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
370 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800371 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530372
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
374
375 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
376 according to the A004510 workaround.
377
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530378 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
379 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
380 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
381
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
383 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
384 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
385
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
387 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
388 connected to the DSP core.
389
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
391 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
392
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
394 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
395 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
396 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
397
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530398 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
399 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800400 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530401
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800402 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800403 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800404 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
405
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000406- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700407 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
408 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
409 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
410 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
411 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
412
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000413 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
414
415 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
416 values is arch specific.
417
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
419 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
420 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
421 SoCs.
422
423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
424 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
425
426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
427 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
428 deskew training are not available.
429
430 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
431 Freescale DDR1 controller.
432
433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
434 Freescale DDR2 controller.
435
436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
437 Freescale DDR3 controller.
438
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700439 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
440 Freescale DDR4 controller.
441
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700442 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
443 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
444
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
446 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
447 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
448 implemetation.
449
450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400451 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700452 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
453 implementation.
454
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
456 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700457 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
460 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
461 DDR3L controllers.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
464 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
465 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700466
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
468 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
471 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
472
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
474 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
475
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
477 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
478
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
480 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
481 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
482
483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
484 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
485 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
486 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
487
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530488 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
489 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
490 concatenated with u-boot binary.
491
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
494
495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
496 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
497
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
499 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
500 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
501 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
502
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800503 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
504 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
505 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
506 SoCs with ARM core.
507
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
509 Number of controllers used as main memory.
510
511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
512 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
513
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
515 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
516
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
518 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
519
520 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
521 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
522
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200523- MIPS CPU options:
524 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
525
526 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
527 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
528 relocation.
529
530 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
531
532 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
533 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
534 Possible values are:
535 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
536 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
537 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
538 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
539 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
540 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
541 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
542 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
543
544 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
545
546 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
547 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
548
549 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
550
551 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
552 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
553 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
554
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000555- ARM options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
557
558 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
559 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
560
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700561 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
562 Generic timer clock source frequency.
563
564 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
565 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
566 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
567 at run time.
568
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700569- Tegra SoC options:
570 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
571
572 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
573 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
574 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
575
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000576- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000577 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
578
579 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
580 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
581 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
582 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
583 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
584 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
585 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000586 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100587 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000588 default environment.
589
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000590 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
591
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800592 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000593 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
594 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
595
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400596 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200597
598 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400599 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
600 concepts).
601
602 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
603 * New libfdt-based support
604 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500605 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400606
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200607 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600608 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200609
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200610 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
611 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500612
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600613 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
614
615 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
616 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600618 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
619
620 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
621 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
622 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
623 the kernel.
624
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200625 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
626
627 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
628 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
629 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
630 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
631 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
632 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
633
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000634 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
635
636 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
637 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
638 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
639 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
640 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
641 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
642 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
643
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100644- vxWorks boot parameters:
645
646 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700647 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
648 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100649 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
650
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100651 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
652 the defaults discussed just above.
653
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000654- Cache Configuration:
655 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
656 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
657 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
658
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000659- Cache Configuration for ARM:
660 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
661 controller
662 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
663 controller register space
664
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000665- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200666 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000667
668 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
669
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200670 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000671
672 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
673
674 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
675
676 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
677 the clock speed of the UARTs.
678
679 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
680
681 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
682 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
683 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
684
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400685 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
686
687 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
688 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690- Console Baudrate:
691 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
692 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200693 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000694
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695- Autoboot Command:
696 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
697 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
698 define a command string that is automatically executed
699 when no character is read on the console interface
700 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
701
702 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000703 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
704 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
705 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000706
707 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000708 The value of these goes into the environment as
709 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
710 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200711 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000712
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100713- Bootcount:
714 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
715 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
716 cycle, see:
717 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
718
719 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
720 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
721 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
722 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
723 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
724 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
725 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
726 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
727 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000729- Pre-Boot Commands:
730 CONFIG_PREBOOT
731
732 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
733 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
734 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
735 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
736 entering interactive mode.
737
738 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
739 automatically generated or modified. For an example
740 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
741 modified when the user holds down a certain
742 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
743 booting the systems
744
745- Serial Download Echo Mode:
746 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
747 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
748 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
749 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
750 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
751 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
752 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
753
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500754- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
756 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200757 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000758
759- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500760 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
761 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000762 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500763 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000764
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500765 The default command configuration includes all commands
766 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100768 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500769 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500770 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500771 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400772 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
774 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500775 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
776 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500777 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500778 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500779 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500780 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500781 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000782 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
783 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700784 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
785 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100786 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500787 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500788 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
789 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500790 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000791 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500792 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500793 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000794 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200795 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500796 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000797 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200799 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000800 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
801 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500802 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
803 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200804 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400805 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000806 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500807 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000808 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200809 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
811 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
812 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100813 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500814 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
815 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200816 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600817 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000818 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
820 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
821 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
822 host
823 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000824 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
826 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000827 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600829 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
831 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700832 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800833 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200834 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500835 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000836 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000838 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
839 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500840 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000842 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200843 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +0200844 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000845
846 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
847 support you can write:
848
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500849 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
850 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000851
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400852 Other Commands:
853 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000854
855 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500856 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000857 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +0200858 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000859 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
860 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
861 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
862 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000863
864
865 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
866
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600867- Removal of commands
868 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
869 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
870 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
871 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
872 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
873 simple boot procedures.
874
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000875- Regular expression support:
876 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200877 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
878 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
879 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
880 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000881
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000882- Device tree:
883 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
884 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
885 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
886 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
887 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
888 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
889
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000890 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700891 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000892
893 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
894 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
895 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
896 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
897 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
898 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000899
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000900 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
901 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
902 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
903 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
904
905 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
906
907 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
908 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
909 still use the individual files if you need something more
910 exotic.
911
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700912 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
913 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
914 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
915 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
916 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
917
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000918- Watchdog:
919 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
920 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000921 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +0200922 specific code for a watchdog. When supported for a
923 specific SoC is available, then no further board specific
924 code should be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000925
926 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
927 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
928 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
929 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000930
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100931 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
932 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
933
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000934- U-Boot Version:
935 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
936 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
937 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
938 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200939 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
940 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000941
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000942- Real-Time Clock:
943
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000945 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
946 following options:
947
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000949 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000950 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000951 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000952 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000953 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200954 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000955 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100956 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000957 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200958 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200959 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
960 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000961
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000962 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
963 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
964
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600965- GPIO Support:
966 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600967
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000968 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
969 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
970 pins supported by a particular chip.
971
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600972 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
973 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
974
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600975- I/O tracing:
976 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
977 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
978 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
979 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
980 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
981 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
982 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
983 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
984
985 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
986 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
987 still continue to operate.
988
989 iotrace is enabled
990 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
991 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
992 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
993 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
994 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
995 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
996
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997- Timestamp Support:
998
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000999 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1000 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1001 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001003
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001004- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1005 Zero or more of the following:
1006 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001007 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1008 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1009 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1010 disk/part_efi.c
1011 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001012
Simon Glassfc843a02017-05-17 03:25:30 -06001013 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001014 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001015 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016
1017- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001018 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1019 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001020
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001021 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1022 be performed by calling the function
1023 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1024 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001025
1026- ATAPI Support:
1027 CONFIG_ATAPI
1028
1029 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1030
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001031- LBA48 Support
1032 CONFIG_LBA48
1033
1034 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001035 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001036 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1037 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001039 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001040 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1041 Default is 32bit.
1042
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001043- SCSI Support:
1044 At the moment only there is only support for the
1045 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1046 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001048 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1049 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1050 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001051 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1052 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001053 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001054
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001055 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1056 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001057
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001059 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001060 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1061
1062 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1063 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1064 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1065 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1066
1067 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1068 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1069 example with the "sspi" command.
1070
1071 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1072 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1073 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001074
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1076 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001077 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078 write routine for first time initialisation.
1079
1080 CONFIG_TULIP
1081 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1082 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1083 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1084
1085 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1086 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1087
1088 CONFIG_NS8382X
1089 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1090
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001091- NETWORK Support (other):
1092
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001093 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1094 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1095
1096 CONFIG_RMII
1097 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1098
1099 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1100 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1101 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1102
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001103 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1104 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1105
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001106 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001107 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1108
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001109 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1110 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1111
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001112 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001113 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1114
1115 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1116 Define this to hold the physical address
1117 of the device (I/O space)
1118
1119 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1120 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1121
1122 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1123 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1124 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1125
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001126 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1127 Support for davinci emac
1128
1129 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1130 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1131
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001132 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1133 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1134
1135 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1136 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1137 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1138 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1139 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1140 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1141 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1142 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1143
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001144 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001145 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1146
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001147 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001148 Define this to hold the physical address
1149 of the device (I/O space)
1150
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001151 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001152 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1153
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001154 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001155 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1156 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001157 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001158
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001159 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1160 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1161
1162 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1163 Define the number of ports to be used
1164
1165 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1166 Define the ETH PHY's address
1167
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001168 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1169 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1170
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001171- PWM Support:
1172 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001173 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001174
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001175- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001176 CONFIG_TPM
1177 Support TPM devices.
1178
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001179 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1180 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001181 per system is supported at this time.
1182
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001183 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1184 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1185
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001186 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1187 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1188
1189 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1190 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1191 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1192
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001193 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1194 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1195 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1196
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001197 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1198 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1199
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001200 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001201 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1202 per system is supported at this time.
1203
1204 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1205 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1206 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1207 0xfed40000.
1208
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001209 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1210 Add tpm monitor functions.
1211 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1212 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1213
1214 CONFIG_TPM
1215 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1216 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1217 Requires support for a TPM device.
1218
1219 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1220 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1221 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001223- USB Support:
1224 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001225 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001226 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1227 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001228 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001229 storage devices.
1230 Note:
1231 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1232 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001233
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001234 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1235 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1236
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001237 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1238 HW module registers.
1239
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001240- USB Device:
1241 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1242 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1243 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001244 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001245 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1246 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001247 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001248 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1249 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1250 a Linux host by
1251 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1252 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1253 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1254 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001255
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001256 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1257 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001258
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001259 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1260 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1261 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001262
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301263 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1264 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1265 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1266 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1267 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1268 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1269 speed.
1270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001271 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001272 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1273 be set to usbtty.
1274
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001275 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001276 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001277 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001278 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1279 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1280 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1281
1282 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1283 Define this string as the name of your company for
1284 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001285
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001286 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1287 Define this string as the name of your product
1288 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1289
1290 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1291 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1292 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1293 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1294 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001295
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001296 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1297 Define this as the unique Product ID
1298 for your device
1299 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001300
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001301- ULPI Layer Support:
1302 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1303 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1304 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1305 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1306 viewport is supported.
1307 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1308 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001309 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1310 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1311 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001312
1313- MMC Support:
1314 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1315 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1316 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1317 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001318 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1319 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001320
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001321 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1322 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1323
1324 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1325 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1326
1327 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1328 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1329
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001330 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1331 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1332
1333 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1334 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1335 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1336
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001337- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001338 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001339 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1340
1341 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1342 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1343 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1344 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1345 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1346
1347 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1348 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1349
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001350 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1351 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1352
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301353 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1354 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1355 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1356 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1357 one that would help mostly the developer.
1358
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001359 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1360 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1361 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1362 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1363 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1364
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001365 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1366 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1367 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1368 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1369 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1370 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1371
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001372 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1373 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1374 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1375 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1376
1377 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1378 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1379 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1380 sending again an USB request to the device.
1381
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001382- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001383 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1384 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1385
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001386 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1387 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1388 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1389 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1390 used on Android devices.
1391 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1392
1393 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1394 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1395 image format header.
1396
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001397 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001398 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1399 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1400 downloaded images.
1401
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001402 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001403 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1404 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1405 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1406
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001407 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1408 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1409 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1410 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1411
1412 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1413 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1414 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1415 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1416
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001417 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1418 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1419 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1420 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1421 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1422 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1423 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy6f6c8632016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001424 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001425
Petr Kulhavyb6dd69a2016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001426 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1427 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1428 image to DOS MBR.
1429 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1430 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1431 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1432
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001433- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001434 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001435 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001437 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1438 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001439 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1440
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001441- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001442 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1443
1444 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1445
1446 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1447 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1448 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1449 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1450 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001451
1452- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001453 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001454 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001455 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1456 support, and should also define these other macros:
1457
1458 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1459 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001460 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1461 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1462 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1463 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1464 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1465
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001466 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1467 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001468 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001469 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001470
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001471- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1472
1473 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1474 display); also select one of the supported displays
1475 by defining one of these:
1476
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001477 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1478
1479 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1480
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001481 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001482
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001483 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001484
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001485 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001486
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001487 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1488 Active, color, single scan.
1489
1490 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1491
1492 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001493 Active, color, single scan.
1494
1495 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1496
1497 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1498 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1499
1500 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1501
1502 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1503 Active, color, single scan.
1504
1505 CONFIG_HLD1045
1506
1507 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1508 Active, color, single scan.
1509
1510 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1511
1512 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1513 or
1514 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1515 or
1516 Hitachi SP14Q002
1517
1518 320x240. Black & white.
1519
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001520 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1521
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001522 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001523 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1524 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1525 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1526 a per-section basis.
1527
1528
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001529 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1530
1531 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1532 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1533 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1534 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1535 printed out.
1536 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1537 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1538 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1539 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1540 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1541 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1542 1 = 90 degree rotation
1543 2 = 180 degree rotation
1544 3 = 270 degree rotation
1545
1546 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1547 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1548
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001549 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1550
1551 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1552
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001553 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1554
1555 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1556 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1557
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001558- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001559
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001560 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1561 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1562 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001563 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001564 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1565 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1566 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1567 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001568
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001569 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1570
1571 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1572 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001573 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001574 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1575 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1576 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1577 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1578 there is no need to set this option.
1579
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001580 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1581
1582 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1583 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1584 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1585 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1586 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1587 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1588
1589 Example:
1590 setenv splashpos m,m
1591 => image at center of screen
1592
1593 setenv splashpos 30,20
1594 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1595
1596 setenv splashpos -10,m
1597 => vertically centered image
1598 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1599
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001600- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1601
1602 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1603 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1604 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1605
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001606- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1607
1608 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1609 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1610 bmp command.
1611
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001612- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001613 CONFIG_GZIP
1614
1615 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1616
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001617 CONFIG_BZIP2
1618
1619 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1620 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1621 compressed images are supported.
1622
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001623 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001624 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001625 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001626
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001627 CONFIG_LZO
1628
1629 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1630 is included.
1631
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001632- MII/PHY support:
1633 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1634
1635 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1636
1637 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1638
1639 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1640
1641 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1642
1643 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001644 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001645
1646 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1647
1648 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1649 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1650 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1651 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1652
1653 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1654
1655 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1656 command issued before MII status register can be read
1657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001658- IP address:
1659 CONFIG_IPADDR
1660
1661 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001662 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001663 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001664 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001665
1666- Server IP address:
1667 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1668
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001669 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001670 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001671 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001672
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001673 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1674
1675 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1676 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1677
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001678- Gateway IP address:
1679 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1680
1681 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1682 default router where packets to other networks are
1683 sent to.
1684 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1685
1686- Subnet mask:
1687 CONFIG_NETMASK
1688
1689 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1690 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1691 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1692 forwarded through a router.
1693 (Environment variable "netmask")
1694
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001695- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1696 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1697
1698 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1699 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001700 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001701 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1702 multicast group.
1703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001704- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1705 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1706
1707 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1708 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1709 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1710 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1711 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1712 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1713 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1714 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001715 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001716
1717 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1718 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1719 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1720 4th and following
1721 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1722
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001723 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1724
1725 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1726 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1727 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1728 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1729 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1730 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1731 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1732 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1733 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1734 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1735 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1736 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1737 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1738 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1739 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1740
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001741- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001742 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1743 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001744
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001745 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1746 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1747 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1748 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1749 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1750 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1751 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1752 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1753 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1754 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1755 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1756 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001757 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001758
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001759 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1760 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001761
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001762 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1763 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1764 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1765 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1766 is not available.
1767
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001768 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1769 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1770 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1771 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1772 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1773 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1774 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001775 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001776
1777 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1778 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1779 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001780 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001781 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1782 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001783
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001784 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1785
1786 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1787 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1788 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1789 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1790 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1791 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1792 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1793 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1794 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1795 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1796 this delay.
1797
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001798 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1799 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1800 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1801 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1802 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1803
1804 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1805
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001806 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001807 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001808
1809 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1810
1811 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1812
1813 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1814 of the device.
1815
1816 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1817
1818 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1819 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001820 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001821
1822 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1823
1824 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1825 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1826
1827 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1828
1829 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1830
1831 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1832
1833 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1834
1835 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1836
1837 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1838
1839 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1840
1841 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1842 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1843
1844 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1845
1846 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1847
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001848- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001849
1850 Several configurations allow to display the current
1851 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1852 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1853 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1854 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1855 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001856 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001857 feature in U-Boot.
1858
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001859 Additional options:
1860
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001861 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001862 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1863 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001864 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001865 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1866
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001867 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1868 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1869 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1870 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1871 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1872 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1873
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001874- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001875
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001876 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1877 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1878 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1879 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1880 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1881 interface.
1882
1883 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001884 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1885 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1886 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1887 for defining speed and slave address
1888 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1889 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1890 for defining speed and slave address
1891 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1892 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1893 for defining speed and slave address
1894 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1895 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1896 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001897
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001898 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1899 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1900 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1901 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1902 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1903 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001904 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001905 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1906 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1907 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1908 second bus.
1909
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001910 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001911 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1912 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1913 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001914
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001915 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1916 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1917 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1918 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1919
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001920 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1921 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001922 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1923 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1924 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1925 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001926 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1927 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1928 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1929 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1930 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1931 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001932 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1933 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001934 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001935 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1936
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001937 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1938 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1939 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1940
1941 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1942 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1943 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1944 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1945 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1946 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1947 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1948 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1949 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1950
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001951 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1952 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1953 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1954
1955 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1956 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1957 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1958 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1959 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1960 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1961 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1962 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1963 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1964 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001965 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001966
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001967 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1968 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1969 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1970 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1971 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1972 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1973 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1974 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1975 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1976 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1977 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1978 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1979
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01001980 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
1981 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
1982 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
1983 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
1984
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301985 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1986 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1987 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1988 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1989 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1990
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001991 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1992 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1993 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1994 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1995 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1996 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1997 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1998 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1999 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2000 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2001 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2002 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2003 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2004 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002005 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2006 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2007 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2008 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2009 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2010 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2011 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2012 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2013 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002014
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002015 additional defines:
2016
2017 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002018 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002019
2020 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2021 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2022 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2023 omit this define.
2024
2025 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2026 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2027 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2028 define.
2029
2030 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002031 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002032 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2033 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2034 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2035
2036 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2037 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2038 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2039 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2040 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2041 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2042 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2043 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2044 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2045 }
2046
2047 which defines
2048 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002049 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2050 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2051 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2052 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2053 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002054 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002055 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2056 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002057
2058 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2059
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06002060- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002061 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002062 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2063 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002064
2065 I2C_INIT
2066
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002067 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002068 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002069
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002070 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002071
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002072 I2C_ACTIVE
2073
2074 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2075 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2076 define can be null.
2077
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002078 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2079
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002080 I2C_TRISTATE
2081
2082 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2083 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2084 define can be null.
2085
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002086 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2087
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002088 I2C_READ
2089
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002090 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2091 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002092
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002093 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2094
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095 I2C_SDA(bit)
2096
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002097 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2098 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002099
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002100 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002101 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002102 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104 I2C_SCL(bit)
2105
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002106 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2107 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002109 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002110 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002111 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002112
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002113 I2C_DELAY
2114
2115 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2116 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002117 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002118 like:
2119
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002120 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002121
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002122 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2123
2124 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2125 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2126 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2127 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2128
2129 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2130 the generic GPIO functions.
2131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002132 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002133
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002134 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2135 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2136 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2137 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2138 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2139 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2140 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2141 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002142
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002143 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2144
2145 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002146 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2147 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002148 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002150 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002151
2152 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002153 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002154 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2155 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002156
2157 e.g.
2158 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002159 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002160
2161 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2162
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002163 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002164 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002165
2166 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002168 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002169
2170 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2171 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002173 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002174
2175 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2176 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2177
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002178 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2179
2180 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2181 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2182 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2183 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2184 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2185 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2186 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002187
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002188- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2189
2190 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2191 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2192 D/As on the SACSng board)
2193
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002194 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2195
2196 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2197 only SH7757 is supported.
2198
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002199 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2200
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002201 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2202 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2203 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2204 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2205 defined, the board configuration must define several
2206 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2207 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002208
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002209 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2210
2211 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2212 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2213 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002214 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002215 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2216
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002217 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2218
2219 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002220 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002221
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002222 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2223 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2224 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2225
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002226- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2227
2228 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2229
2230 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2231
2232 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2233 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2234
2235 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2236
2237 Enables support for FPGA family.
2238 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2239
2240 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002241
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002242 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002244 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002245
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002246 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002248 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002249
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002250 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2251 status by the configuration function. This option
2252 will require a board or device specific function to
2253 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254
2255 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2256
2257 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2258 configuration driver.
2259
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002260 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002263 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002264
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002265 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2266 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2267 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2268 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002270 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002272 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2273 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002274 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002275 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002276
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002277 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002279 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002280 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002282 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002283
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002284 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002285 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286
2287- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002288 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2289
2290 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2291 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2292 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2293 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002294 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002295
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002296 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2297
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002298 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2299 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002300
2301- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2302
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002303 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2304 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002305 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002306 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2307 protects these variables from casual modification by
2308 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2309 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002310 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311
2312 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2313 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002314 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315 these parameters.
2316
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002317 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2318 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002319 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002320 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2321 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2322 read-only.]
2323
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002324 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2325 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2326 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2327 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329- Protected RAM:
2330 CONFIG_PRAM
2331
2332 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2333 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2334 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2335 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2336 this default value by defining an environment
2337 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2338 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2339 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2340 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2341 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2342 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2343 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2344
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002345 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002346 saveenv
2347
2348 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2349 either, which results in a memory region that will
2350 not be affected by reboots.
2351
2352 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2353 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2354 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2355 following board configurations are known to be
2356 "pRAM-clean":
2357
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002358 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002359 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002360 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002361
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002362- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2363 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2364 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2365 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2366 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2367 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2368 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2369
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002370- Error Recovery:
2371 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2372
2373 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2374 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2375 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002376 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002377 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2378 useful during development since you can try to debug
2379 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2380
2381 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2382
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002383 This variable defines the number of retries for
2384 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2385 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2386 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002387
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002388 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2389
2390 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2391
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002392 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2393
2394 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2395 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2396 try longer timeout such as
2397 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2398
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002399- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002400 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002401
2402 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2403
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002404 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002405
2406 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2407 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2408 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2409
2410 Note:
2411
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002412 In the current implementation, the local variables
2413 space and global environment variables space are
2414 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2415 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2416 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2417 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2418 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002419
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002420 Global environment variables are those you use
2421 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2422 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2423 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424
2425 To store commands and special characters in a
2426 variable, please use double quotation marks
2427 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2428 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2429 symbols.
2430
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002431- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002432 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2433
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002434 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002435 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002436
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002437- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2438 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2439
2440 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2441 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2442 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2443 and PS2.
2444
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002445- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002446 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2447
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002448 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2449 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002450 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002451
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002452 For example, place something like this in your
2453 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002454
2455 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2456 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2457 "myvar2=value2\0"
2458
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002459 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2460 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2461 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2462 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002463 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002464 You better know what you are doing here.
2465
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002466 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2467 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002468 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002469 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002470
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002471 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2472
2473 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2474 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2475 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2476
2477 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2478
2479 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2480 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2481 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2482 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2483 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2484
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002485 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2486
2487 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2488 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2489 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2490
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002491 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2492
2493 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002494 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002495 that so that the environment is not available until
2496 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2497 this is instead controlled by the value of
2498 /config/load-environment.
2499
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002500- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002501 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2502
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002503 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2504 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2505 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002506
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002507- Serial Flash support
2508 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2509
2510 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2511 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2512
2513 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2514 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2515 commands.
2516
2517 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2518 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2519 flash is present on the system.
2520
2521 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2522 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2523 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2524 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2525
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002526 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2527
2528 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2529 test ('sf test').
2530
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002531- SystemACE Support:
2532 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2533
2534 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2535 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002536 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002537 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002538
2539 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002540 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002541
2542 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2543 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2544
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002545- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2546 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2547
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002548 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002549 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002550 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002551 number generator is used.
2552
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002553 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2554 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2555 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2556
2557 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002558 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2559 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2560 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2561 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2562 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2563 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2564
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002565- bootcount support:
2566 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2567
2568 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2569 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2570
2571 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2572 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002573 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2574 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2575 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2576 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2577 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2578 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2579 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2580 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2581 the bootcounter.
2582 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002583
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002584- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2586
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002587 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2588 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2589 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2590 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2591 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2592 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002594
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002595Legacy uImage format:
2596
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002597 Arg Where When
2598 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002599 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002600 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002601 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002603 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002604 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2605 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2606 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002607 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2609 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2610 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2611 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002612 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002613 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002614
2615 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2616 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2617 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2618 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2619 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2620 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2621 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002622 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002623 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2624 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2625
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002626 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002627
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002628 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002629 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2630 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002631
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002632 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2633 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2634 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2635 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2636 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2637 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2638 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2639 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2640 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2641 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2642 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2643 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2644 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2645 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2646 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2647 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2648 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2649 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2650 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2651 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2652 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2653 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2654 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2655 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2656 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2657 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2658 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2659 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2660 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2661 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2662 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2663 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2664 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2665 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2666 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2667 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2668 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2669 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2670 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2671 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2672 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2673 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2674 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2675 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2676 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2677 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2678 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002679
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002680 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002681
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002682 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002683 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2684 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002685
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002686 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002687 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2688 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2689 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002690 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2691 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002692 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2693 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002694 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002696FIT uImage format:
2697
2698 Arg Where When
2699 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2700 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2701 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2702 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2703 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2704 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002705 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002706 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2707 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2708 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2709 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2710 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002711 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2712 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002713 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2714 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2715 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2716 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2717 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2718 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2719 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2720 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2721
2722 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2723 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2724 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002725 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002726 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2727 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2728 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2729 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2730 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2731 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2732 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2733 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2734 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2735 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2736 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2737 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2738
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002739 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002740 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2741
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002742 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002743 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2744
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002745 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002746 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2747
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002748- legacy image format:
2749 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2750 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2751
2752 Default:
2753 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2754
2755 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2756 disable the legacy image format
2757
2758 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2759 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2760
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002761- Standalone program support:
2762 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2763
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002764 This option defines a board specific value for the
2765 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2766 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002767 settings.
2768
2769- Frame Buffer Address:
2770 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2771
2772 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002773 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2774 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2775 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2776 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2777 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2778 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2779 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002780
2781 Please see board_init_f function.
2782
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002783- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2784 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2785 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2786 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2787
2788 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2789 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2790
2791- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2792 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2793
2794 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2795 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2796
2797 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2798
2799 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2800 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2801
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002802- UBI support
2803 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2804
2805 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2806 with the UBI flash translation layer
2807
2808 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2809
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002810 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2811
2812 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2813 warnings and errors enabled.
2814
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002815
2816 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2817 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2818 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2819 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2820 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2821 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2822
2823 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2824 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2825 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2826 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2827 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2828
2829 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002830
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002831 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2832 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2833 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2834 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2835 flash), this value is ignored.
2836
2837 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2838 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2839 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2840 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2841 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2842 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2843
2844 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2845 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2846 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2847 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2848 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2849 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2850 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2851 partition.
2852
2853 default: 20
2854
2855 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2856 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2857 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2858 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2859 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2860 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2861 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2862 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2863 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2864 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2865 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2866 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2867
2868 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2869 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2870 without a fastmap.
2871 default: 0
2872
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002873 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2874 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2875 default: 0
2876
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002877- UBIFS support
2878 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2879
2880 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2881 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2882
2883 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2884
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002885 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2886
2887 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2888 warnings and errors enabled.
2889
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002890- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002891 CONFIG_SPL
2892 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002893
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002894 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2895 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2896
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002897 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2898 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2899 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2900 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002901 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002902 must not be both defined at the same time.
2903
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002904 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002905 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2906 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2907 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2908 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002909
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002910 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2911 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002912
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002913 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2914 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2915 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2916
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002917 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2918 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2919
2920 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002921 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2922 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2923 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002924 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002925 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002926
2927 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2928 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2929
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002930 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2931 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2932 loaded does not have a signature.
2933 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2934 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2935 will be caught.
2936 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2937 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2938 and thus should be skipped silently.
2939
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002940 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2941 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2942 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2943 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2944
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002945 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2946 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002947 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2948 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2949 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002950
2951 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2952 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002953
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002954 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2955 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2956 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2957 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2958
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002959 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2960 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2961 See also: doc/README.falcon
2962
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002963 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2964 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2965 about the running system.
2966
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002967 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2968 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2969
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002970 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2971 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2972 used in raw mode
2973
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002974 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2975 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2976 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2977
2978 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2979 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2980 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2981 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2982 (for falcon mode)
2983
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002984 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2985 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2986 used in fs mode
2987
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002988 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2989 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2990
2991 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002992 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002993 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002994
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002995 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002996 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002997 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002998
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002999 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3000 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3001 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3002 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3003 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3004
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303005 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3006 Avoid SPL relocation
3007
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003008 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3009 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3010 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3011
3012 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3013 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3014
3015 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3016 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3017
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003018 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003019 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3020 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003021
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003022 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3023 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3024 loader
3025
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003026 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3027 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3028 if you need to save space.
3029
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003030 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3031 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3032 SPL binary.
3033
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003034 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3035 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3036 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3037 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3038 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3039 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003040 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003041
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303042 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3043 Add support NAND boot
3044
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003045 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003046 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3047
3048 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3049 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3050
3051 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3052 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003053
3054 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003055 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003056
3057 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3058 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003059 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003060
3061 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3062 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3063 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3064
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003065 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3066 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3067
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003068 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003069 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3070 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3071 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3072 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3073 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003074
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003075 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3076 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3077 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3078 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3079
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003080 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3081 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3082 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3083 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3084 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3085
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003086- TPL framework
3087 CONFIG_TPL
3088 Enable building of TPL globally.
3089
3090 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3091 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3092 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003093 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3094 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3095 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003096
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003097- Interrupt support (PPC):
3098
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003099 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3100 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003101 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003102 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003103 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003104 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003105 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003106 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3107 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3108 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003109
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003111Board initialization settings:
3112------------------------------
3113
3114During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3115to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3116before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3117following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3118architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3119typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3120
3121- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3122- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3123- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3124- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003126Configuration Settings:
3127-----------------------
3128
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003129- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3130 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003132- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003133 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3134
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003135- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3136 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3137
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003138- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139 prompt for user input.
3140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003141- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003142
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003143- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003147- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003148 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3149 booted
3150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003151- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3153
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003154- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003155 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3156 simple memory test.
3157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003158- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003159 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003161- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003162 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3163 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3164
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003165- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003166 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003167 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3168 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3169 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003170 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003171 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3172 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3173
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003174- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003175 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003176 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003177 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003178 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3179 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3180 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003181 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003182 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003183 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003184
3185 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3186 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3187 be touched.
3188
3189 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3190 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3191 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3192 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3193 problems.
3194
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003195- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003201- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003204- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003205 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3206 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003207 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003208 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003209
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003210- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003211 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3212 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3213 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3214 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003216- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003217 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3218
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003219- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3220 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3221 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3222 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3223 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3224 space.
3225
3226 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3227 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3228 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003229 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003230 U-Boot relocates itself.
3231
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003232- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3233 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3234 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3235 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3236
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003237- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3238 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3239 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3240 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3241 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3242 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3243 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3244 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3245 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3246 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3247 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3248 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3249 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3250 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3251 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3252 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3253
3254 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003256- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003257 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3258 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003259 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003260 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003262- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003263 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3264 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003265 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3266 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003267 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003268 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003269 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003270 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3271 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3272 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003273
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003274- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3275 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3276 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3277 is enabled.
3278
3279- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3280 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3281 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3282
3283- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3284 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3285 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003287- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003288 Max number of Flash memory banks
3289
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003290- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003291 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003293- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003294 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003296- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003297 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003299- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003300 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003302- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003303 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003305- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003306 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3307 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003309- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003310
3311 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3312 without this option such a download has to be
3313 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3314 copy from RAM to flash.
3315
3316 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3317 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003318 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3319 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003320 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003322- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003323 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003324 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3325
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003326- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003327 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3328 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003329
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003330- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3331 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3332 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3333 to the MTD layer.
3334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003335- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003336 Use buffered writes to flash.
3337
3338- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3339 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3340 write commands.
3341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003342- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003343 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3344 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3345 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3346 optionally available.
3347
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003348- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3349 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3350 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3351 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3352
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003353- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3354 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3355 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3356 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3357 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3358 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3359 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3360 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003362- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003363 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3364 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003365 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3366 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003367 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003368 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3369
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003370- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3371
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003372 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3373 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3374 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3375 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3376 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003377
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003378- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3379- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003380 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003381 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3382 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3383 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3384
3385 The format of the list is:
3386 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003387 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3388 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003389 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3390 list = entry[,list]
3391
3392 The type attributes are:
3393 s - String (default)
3394 d - Decimal
3395 x - Hexadecimal
3396 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3397 i - IP address
3398 m - MAC address
3399
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003400 The access attributes are:
3401 a - Any (default)
3402 r - Read-only
3403 o - Write-once
3404 c - Change-default
3405
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003406 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3407 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003408 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003409
3410 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3411 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3412 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3413 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3414 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3415 ".flags" variable.
3416
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003417 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3418 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3419 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3420
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003421- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3422 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3423 access flags.
3424
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003425- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3426 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3427 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3428 building U-Boot to enable this.
3429
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003430The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3431of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3432following configurations:
3433
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003434- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3435
3436 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3437 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003439- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003440
3441 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3442
3443 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3444 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3445 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3446 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3447 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3448 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3449 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3450 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3451 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3452 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3453 between U-Boot and the environment.
3454
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003455 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003456
3457 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3458 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3459 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3460 for this sector is given here.
3461
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003462 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003463
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003464 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003465
3466 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3467 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003468 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003469
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003470 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003471
3472 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3473
3474
3475 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3476 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3477 the environment.
3478
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003479 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003481 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003482 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003483 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3484 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3485
3486 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3487 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3488 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3489 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3490 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3491 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3492 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3493 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3494 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003496 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3497 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003499 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003500 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003501 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003502 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503
3504BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3505source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3506accordingly!
3507
3508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003509- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003510
3511 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3512 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3513 environment.
3514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003515 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3516 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003518 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3520 can just be read and written to, without any special
3521 provision.
3522
3523BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003524in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003525console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003526U-Boot will hang.
3527
3528Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3529environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3530keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3531to save the current settings.
3532
3533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003534- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003535
3536 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3537 device and a driver for it.
3538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003539 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3540 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
3542 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3543 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3547 The default address is zero.
3548
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01003549 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3550 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003552 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003553 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3554 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3555 would require six bits.
3556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003559 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003561 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003562 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3563 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003565 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003566 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3567 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3568 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3569 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3570 byte chips.
3571
3572 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3573 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3574 in the chip address.
3575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003576 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3578
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003579 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3580 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3581 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3582
3583 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3584 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3585 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3586 EEPROM. For example:
3587
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003588 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003589
3590 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3591 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003593- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003594
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003595 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003596 want to use for the environment.
3597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003598 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3599 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3600 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003601
3602 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3603 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3604 at the specified address.
3605
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003606- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3607
3608 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3609 want to use for the environment.
3610
3611 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3612 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3613
3614 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3615 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3616 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3617
3618 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3619
3620 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3621
3622 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3623
3624 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3625 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3626 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003627 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003628 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3629
3630 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
3631 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
3632
3633 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
3634
3635 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
3636
3637 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
3638
3639 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
3640
3641 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
3642
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003643- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3644
3645 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3646 want to use for the local device's environment.
3647
3648 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3649 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3650
3651 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3652 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3653 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003654 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003655
3656BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3657"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003658environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3659but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003661- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003662
3663 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3664 for the environment.
3665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003666 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3667 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003668
3669 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003670 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3671 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003672
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003673 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003674
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003675 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003676 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3677 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003678 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003679 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003680
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003681 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3682
3683 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3684 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3685 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3686 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3687 the range to be avoided.
3688
3689 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3690
3691 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3692 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3693 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3694 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3695 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003696
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003697- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3698
3699 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3700 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3701 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3702
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003703- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3704
3705 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3706 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3707 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3708
3709 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3710
3711 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3712
3713 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3714
3715 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3716 environment in.
3717
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003718 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3719
3720 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3721 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3722 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3723
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003724 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3725 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3726
3727 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3728 when storing the env in UBI.
3729
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003730- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
3731 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
3732
3733 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
3734
3735 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
3736
Nicolae Rosia41987782016-11-21 17:33:58 +02003737 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003738
3739 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
3740 be as following:
3741
3742 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
3743 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
3744 partition table.
3745 - "D:0": device D.
3746 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
3747 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
3748 table.
3749 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003750 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003751 partition table then means device D.
3752
3753 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
3754
3755 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003756 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003757
3758 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Tom Rini91d27a12017-06-02 11:03:50 -04003759 This must be enabled. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003760
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003761- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3762
3763 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3764 environment.
3765
3766 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3767
3768 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3769
3770 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3771
3772 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3773 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3774 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3775
3776 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3777 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3778
3779 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3780 area within the specified MMC device.
3781
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003782 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3783 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3784 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3785 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3786 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3787 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3788 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3789
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003790 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3791 MMC sector boundary.
3792
3793 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3794
3795 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3796 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3797 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3798 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3799
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003800 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3801 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3802
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003803 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3804 an MMC sector boundary.
3805
3806 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3807
3808 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3809 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3810 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3811
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003812Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003814created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003815until then to read environment variables.
3816
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003817The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3818is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3819with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3820necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3821"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3822have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
3824Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3825the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003826use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003828- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003829 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003831 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003832 also needs to be defined.
3833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003834- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003835 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003837- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3838 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3839 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3840 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3841 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3842 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3843
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003844- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3845 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3846 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3847 to do this.
3848
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003849- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3850 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3851 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3852 present.
3853
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003854- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3855 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3856 build system checks that the actual size does not
3857 exceed it.
3858
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003860---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003862- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3864
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003865- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3866 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3867 PowerPC SOCs.
3868
3869- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3870 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3871 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3872
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003873- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3874 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3875 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003876 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003877 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3878 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3879 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3880
3881 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3882 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3883
3884- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003885 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3886 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003887 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3888 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3889
3890- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3891 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3892 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3893 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3894
3895- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3896 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3897 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3898
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003899- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003900 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003901
3902 the default drive number (default value 0)
3903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003904 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003905
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003906 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003907 (default value 1)
3908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003909 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003910
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003911 defines the offset of register from address. It
3912 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003913 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3916 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003917 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003919 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003920 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3921 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003922 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003923 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003924
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003925- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3926 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3927 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3928 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3929 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3930 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003931 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003933- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003934 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02003935 doing! (11-4) [82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003937- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003939 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3941 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3942 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3943 will become available only after programming the
3944 memory controller and running certain initialization
3945 sequences.
3946
3947 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003949- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950
3951 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003952 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3953 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003955 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003956 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003957 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3958 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
3960 Note:
3961 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3962 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003963 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3965 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003969- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003970 SDRAM timing
3971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003972- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003973 periodic timer for refresh
3974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003975- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3976 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3977 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3978 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3980
3981- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003982 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3983 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003984 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3985
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003986- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003987 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003988 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3989 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3990 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3991 by coreboot or similar.
3992
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003993- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3994 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3995
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003996- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3997 Chip has SRIO or not
3998
3999- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4000 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4001
4002- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4003 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4004
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004005- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4006 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4007
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004008- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4009 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4010
4011- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4012 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4013
4014- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4015 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4016
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004017- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4018 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4019 a 16 bit bus.
4020 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004021 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004022 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004023 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004024
4025- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4026 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4027 a default value will be used.
4028
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004029- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004030 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4031 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4032
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004033 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4034 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004036- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004037 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4038 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4039 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004040
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004041- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4042 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4043 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4044 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4045 header files or board specific files.
4046
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004047- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4048 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4049
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004050- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4051 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4052
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004053- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4054 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4055
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004056- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004057 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4058 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004059
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004060- CONFIG_RMII
4061 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4062 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4063 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4064
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004065- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4066 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4067 The syntax is:
4068
4069 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4070
4071 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4072 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4073 area should have.
4074
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004075- CONFIG_LOOPW
4076 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004077 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004078
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004079- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4080 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4081 "md/mw" commands.
4082 Examples:
4083
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004084 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004085 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4086
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004087 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004088 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4089
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004090 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004091 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004092
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004093- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004094 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004095 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4096 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4097 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004098
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004099 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4100 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4101 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4102 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004103
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004104- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4105 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004106 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004107 instruction cache) is still performed.
4108
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004109- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004110 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4111 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4112 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004113
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004114- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4115 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4116 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4117 It is loaded by the SPL.
4118
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004119- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4120 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4121 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4122 previous 4k of the .text section.
4123
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004124- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4125 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4126 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4127 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4128 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4129 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4130 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4131 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4132
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004133- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4134 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4135 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004136
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004137- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4138 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4139
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004140- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4141 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4142 driver that uses this:
4143 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4144
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004145Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4146-----------------------------------
4147
4148The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4149loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4150This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4151are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4152within that device.
4153
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004154- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4155 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4156 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4157 is also specified.
4158
4159- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4160 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004161 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4162 is also specified.
4163
4164- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4165 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4166 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4167 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4168 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4169
4170- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4171 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4172 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4173 virtual address in NOR flash.
4174
4175- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4176 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4177 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4178
4179- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4180 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4181 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4182
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004183- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4184 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4185 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004186 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4187 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4188 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004189
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004190Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4191---------------------------------------------------------
4192The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4193"firmware".
4194This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4195are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4196within that device.
4197
4198- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4199 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4200
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304201Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4202-------------------------------------------
4203The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4204"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4205This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4206
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004207- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4208 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304209
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004210Reproducible builds
4211-------------------
4212
4213In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4214process have to be set to a fixed value.
4215
4216This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4217SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4218option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4219
4220SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4221
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222Building the Software:
4223======================
4224
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004225Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4226and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4227all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4228(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4229recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4230which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004232If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4233have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4234you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4235Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4236necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004238 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4239 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004241Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4242 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4243 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4244 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4245
4246 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4247
4248 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4249 be executed on computers running Windows.
4250
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004251U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4252sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253is done by typing:
4254
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004255 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004257where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004258rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004260Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4261 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4262 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4263 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004264 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004266 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004267 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004269 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004270 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004272 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004275Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4276images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4279- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4280- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004281
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004282By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4283in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4284this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4285
42861. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4287
4288 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004289 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004290 make O=/tmp/build all
4291
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020042922. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004293
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004294 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004295 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004296 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004297 make all
4298
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004299Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004300variable.
4301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004303Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4304for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4305native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004308If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4309to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4310steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010043121. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004314 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
43152. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4316 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043173. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4318 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020043194. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043205. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4321 to be installed on your target system.
43226. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4323 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004324
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4327==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004328
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004329If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4330or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004331provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4332the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004333official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004335But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4336cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004337the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004338just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4339configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4340will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4341for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004342
4343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004344See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004347Monitor Commands - Overview:
4348============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004350go - start application at address 'addr'
4351run - run commands in an environment variable
4352bootm - boot application image from memory
4353bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004354bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4356 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4357 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004358tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4360diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4361loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4362loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4363md - memory display
4364mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4365nm - memory modify (constant address)
4366mw - memory write (fill)
4367cp - memory copy
4368cmp - memory compare
4369crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004370i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004371sspi - SPI utility commands
4372base - print or set address offset
4373printenv- print environment variables
4374setenv - set environment variables
4375saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4376protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4377erase - erase FLASH memory
4378flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004379nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4381iminfo - print header information for application image
4382coninfo - print console devices and informations
4383ide - IDE sub-system
4384loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004385loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004386mtest - simple RAM test
4387icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4388dcache - enable or disable data cache
4389reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4390echo - echo args to console
4391version - print monitor version
4392help - print online help
4393? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4397========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004399TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
4403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004404Environment Variables:
4405======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004407U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4408can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004410Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4411"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4412without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4413environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4414working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4415environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004417Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4418
4419List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004425 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004429 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004430
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004431 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4432 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4433 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4434 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4435 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4436 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004437 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4438 bootm_mapsize.
4439
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004440 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004441 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4442 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4443 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4444 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4445 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4446 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004447
4448 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4449 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4450 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4451 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4452 environment variable.
4453
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004454 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4455 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4456 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4459 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4460 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4461 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004463 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4464 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4465 be automatically started (by internally calling
4466 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004468 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4469 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4470 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4471 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4472 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004474 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4475 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004476 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4477 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4478 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4479 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4480 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4481 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4482 access it during the boot procedure.
4483
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004484 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4485 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4486 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4487 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4488 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4489 must be accessible by the kernel.
4490
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004491 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4492 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4493 defined.
4494
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004495 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4496 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4497 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4498 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4499 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004501 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4502 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4503 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4504 is usually what you want since it allows for
4505 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4506 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004507 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004508 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4509 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4510 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4511 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004513 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4514 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4515 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4516 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4517 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4518 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004520 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004522 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4523 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4524 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4525 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4526 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4527 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4528 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4533 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004536
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004537 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004539 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004544
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004545 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004547 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4548 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004550 => setenv ethact FEC
4551 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4552 => setenv ethact SCC
4553 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004555 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4556 available network interfaces.
4557 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4558
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004559 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4561 When set to "once" the network operation will
4562 fail when all the available network interfaces
4563 are tried once without success.
4564 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4565 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004567 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004568
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004569 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004570 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4571 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4572 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4573 is silent.
4574
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004575 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004576 UDP source port.
4577
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004578 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004579 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4580
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004581 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4582 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4583
4584 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4585 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4586 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4587 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4588 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4589 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4590 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4591
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004592 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
4593 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
4594 can happen during a single file transfer before that
4595 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
4596 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
4597 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
4598 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
4599
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004600 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004601 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004602 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004603
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05004604 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
4605 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
4606 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
4607 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
4608 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
4609
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004610The following image location variables contain the location of images
4611used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4612not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4613variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4614server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4615loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4616flash or offset in NAND flash.
4617
4618*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03004619boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004620boards use these variables for other purposes.
4621
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004622Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4623----- --------- ----------- --------------
4624u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4625Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4626device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4627ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4630updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4631depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004633 bootfile - see above
4634 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4635 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4636 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4637 hostname - Target hostname
4638 ipaddr - see above
4639 netmask - Subnet Mask
4640 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4641 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004642
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4647 as type string and/or serial number
4648 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4651the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4652once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
4654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004657 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4658 with the "version" command. This variable is
4659 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004660
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4663only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004664
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004665
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004666Callback functions for environment variables:
4667---------------------------------------------
4668
4669For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004670when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004671be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4672deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4673effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4674
4675The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4676U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4677
4678These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4679static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4680in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4681associations. The list must be in the following format:
4682
4683 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4684 list = entry[,list]
4685
4686If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4687Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4688
4689Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4690with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4691override any association in the static list. You can define
4692CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004693".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004694
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004695If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4696regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
4697the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
4698
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700Command Line Parsing:
4701=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4704the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706Old, simple command line parser:
4707--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4710- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004711- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004712- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4713 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004714 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4716 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718Hush shell:
4719-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4722 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4723 until...do...done, ...
4724- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4725 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4726 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4727 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729General rules:
4730--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4733 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4734 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4735 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004738 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4740 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004742Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4743=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004744
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004745Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4747"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4750MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4751"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4754in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4755ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4756variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4759 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4762 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4763 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4766 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4769 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4770 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05004773 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
4774 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004775
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004776If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004777will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004778may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4779The naming convention is as follows:
4780"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782Image Formats:
4783==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004784
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004785U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4786images in two formats:
4787
4788New uImage format (FIT)
4789-----------------------
4790
4791Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4792to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4793components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4794SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4795
4796
4797Old uImage format
4798-----------------
4799
4800Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4801preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4802details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4805 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004806 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4807 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4808 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004809* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004810 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004811 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4813* Load Address
4814* Entry Point
4815* Image Name
4816* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4819and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4820CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004821
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823Linux Support:
4824==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4827easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4828U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4831special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4832"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4833instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4834serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4837 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4838 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4841 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4844 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4845 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4846 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4847 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4848 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851Linux HOWTO:
4852============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4855---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4858configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4859(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4860Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004862But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4865include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004866Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4867and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004868as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004870Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4871If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4872is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4873doc/driver-model.
4874
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876Configuring the Linux kernel:
4877-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4880device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004881
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883Building a Linux Image:
4884-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004885
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004886With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4887not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4888"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4889U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4890which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4891100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004893Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004894
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004895 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896 make oldconfig
4897 make dep
4898 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4901encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4902CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4909 -R .note -R .comment \
4910 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004912* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4919 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4920 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004921
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4924with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4925combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4926byte header containing information about target architecture,
4927operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4928stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004930"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4931print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4934contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4935checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937 tools/mkimage -l image
4938 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4941from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4944 -n name -d data_file image
4945 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4946 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4947 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4948 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4949 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4950 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4951 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4952 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004953
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004954Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4955address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4956kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4959- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4964 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004965 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4967 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4968 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4969 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4970 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4971 Load Address: 0x00000000
4972 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004976 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4977 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4978 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4979 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4980 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4981 Load Address: 0x00000000
4982 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4985speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4986needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4987need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004989 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004990 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4991 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004992 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4994 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4995 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4996 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4997 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4998 Load Address: 0x00000000
4999 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5003when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5006 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5007 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5008 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5009 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5010 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5011 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5012 Load Address: 0x00000000
5013 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005014
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005015The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5016option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5017option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5018from the image:
5019
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005020 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5021 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5022 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5023 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005024
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026Installing a Linux Image:
5027-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5030you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5035image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5036address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5037specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5038command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5041TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045 .......... done
5046 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048 => loads 40100000
5049 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5050 ~>examples/image.srec
5051 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5052 ...
5053 15989 15990 15991 15992
5054 [file transfer complete]
5055 [connected]
5056 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
5058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005059You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005060this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5066 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5067 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5068 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5069 Load Address: 00000000
5070 Entry Point: 0000000c
5071 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005072
5073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074Boot Linux:
5075-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005077The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5078memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5079of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5080parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5081"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
5083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084 => printenv bootargs
5085 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 => printenv bootargs
5090 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092 => bootm 40020000
5093 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5094 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5095 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5096 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5097 Load Address: 00000000
5098 Entry Point: 0000000c
5099 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5100 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5101 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5102 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5103 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5104 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5105 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5106 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005108If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5110format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5115 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5116 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5117 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5118 Load Address: 00000000
5119 Entry Point: 0000000c
5120 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5123 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5124 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5125 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5126 Load Address: 00000000
5127 Entry Point: 00000000
5128 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5131 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5132 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5133 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5134 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5135 Load Address: 00000000
5136 Entry Point: 0000000c
5137 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5138 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5139 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5140 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5141 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5142 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5143 Load Address: 00000000
5144 Entry Point: 00000000
5145 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5146 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5147 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5148 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5149 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5150 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5151 ...
5152 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5153 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005156
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005157Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5158-----------
5159
5160First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5161titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5162following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5163flat device tree:
5164
5165=> print oftaddr
5166oftaddr=0x300000
5167=> print oft
5168oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5169=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5170Speed: 1000, full duplex
5171Using TSEC0 device
5172TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5173Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5174Load address: 0x300000
5175Loading: #
5176done
5177Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5178=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5179Speed: 1000, full duplex
5180Using TSEC0 device
5181TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5182Filename 'uImage'.
5183Load address: 0x200000
5184Loading:############
5185done
5186Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5187=> print loadaddr
5188loadaddr=200000
5189=> print oftaddr
5190oftaddr=0x300000
5191=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5192## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005193 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5194 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5195 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005196 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005197 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005198 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5199 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5200Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5201Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5202Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5203[snip]
5204
5205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206More About U-Boot Image Types:
5207------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005211 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5212 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5213 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5214 the Standalone Program.
5215 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5216 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5217 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5218 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5219 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5220 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5221 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5222 being started.
5223 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5224 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5225 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5226 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5227 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5228 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5231 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5232 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5233 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5234 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5235 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5238 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5239 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5242 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5243 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5244 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005245
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005246Booting the Linux zImage:
5247-------------------------
5248
5249On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5250using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5251as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5252
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005253Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005254kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5255address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5256format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5257
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259Standalone HOWTO:
5260=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5263run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5264U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268"Hello World" Demo:
5269-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5272application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5273It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5274like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 => loads
5277 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5278 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5279 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5280 [file transfer complete]
5281 [connected]
5282 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5285 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5286 Hello World
5287 argc = 7
5288 argv[0] = "40004"
5289 argv[1] = "Hello"
5290 argv[2] = "World!"
5291 argv[3] = "This"
5292 argv[4] = "is"
5293 argv[5] = "a"
5294 argv[6] = "test."
5295 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5296 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005299
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005300Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5301handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5302Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5303The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5304character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5305controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5308 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5309 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5310 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312 => loads
5313 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5314 ~>examples/timer.srec
5315 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5316 [file transfer complete]
5317 [connected]
5318 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005320 => go 40004
5321 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5322 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5323 Using timer 1
5324 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326Hit 'b':
5327 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5328 Enabling timer
5329Hit '?':
5330 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5331 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5332Hit '?':
5333 [q, b, e, ?] .
5334 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5335Hit '?':
5336 [q, b, e, ?] .
5337 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5338Hit '?':
5339 [q, b, e, ?] .
5340 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5341Hit 'e':
5342 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5343Hit 'q':
5344 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005345
5346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005347Minicom warning:
5348================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005350Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5351"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5352consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5353Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5354especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005355use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5356http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5357for help with kermit.
5358
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5361configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005363 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5364 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5365 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005366
5367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368NetBSD Notes:
5369=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5372(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5375NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5376need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5377Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5378attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5379missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5382 # mkdir powerpc
5383 # ln -s powerpc machine
5384 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5385 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5388and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005390Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5391stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5392proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5393tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005394meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
5396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397Implementation Internals:
5398=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005399
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005400The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5401implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5402inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5403hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
5405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406Initial Stack, Global Data:
5407---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5410starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5411system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5412This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5413is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5414at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5415options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5416models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5417MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5418locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005420 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005421 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5424 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5425 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5426 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5429 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5430 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5431 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5432 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005433 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5435 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5438 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005439 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005440 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5441 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5442 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5443 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005445 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5447 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005448 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5450 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5451 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5452 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5453 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455 -Chris Hallinan
5456 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005458It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5459code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005461* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5462 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005464* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5466 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005468* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5469 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005470
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005471Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005472normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005473turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5474simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5475functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5476functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5477the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5478place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5479reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5482relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5483GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5486 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005487 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5489 R5-R10: parameter passing
5490 R13: small data area pointer
5491 R30: GOT pointer
5492 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005493
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005494 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5495 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5496 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005497
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005498 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005500 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5501 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5502 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5503 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5504 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5505 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509 R0: function argument word/integer result
5510 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005511 R9: platform specific
5512 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5514 R12: temporary workspace
5515 R13: stack pointer
5516 R14: link register
5517 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005518
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005519 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5520
5521 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005523On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5524 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5525
5526 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5527
5528 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5529 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5530
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005531On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5532
5533 R0-R1: argument/return
5534 R2-R5: argument
5535 R15: temporary register for assembler
5536 R16: trampoline register
5537 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5538 R29: global pointer (GP)
5539 R30: link register (LP)
5540 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5541 PC: program counter (PC)
5542
5543 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5544
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005545NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5546or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005548Memory Management:
5549------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5552MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005554The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5555controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5556memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5557physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005559U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5560TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5561booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5562to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005563memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005564configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5565Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005567Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5568of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5571this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005573 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5574 :
5575 0x0000 1FFF
5576 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5577 :
5578 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580 :
5581 :
5582 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5583 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5584 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5585 :
5586 0x00FD FFFF
5587 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5588 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5589 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5590 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005591
5592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005593System Initialization:
5594----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005597(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005598configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5600To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5601initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02005602which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
5603cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
5604the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005606Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5607preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5608(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5609on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5610programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5611simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5612banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005614When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5615different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5616bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
56170x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5618contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5621and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5622Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5623pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5626until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5627running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5628new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005629
5630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631U-Boot Porting Guide:
5632----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5635list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
5637
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005638int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005639{
5640 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005642 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5643 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005646 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005647 return 0;
5648 }
5649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005650 Download latest U-Boot source;
5651
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005652 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005653
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005654 if (clueless)
5655 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005657 while (learning) {
5658 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005659 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5660 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005662 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005663 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005664
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005665 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5666 Buy a BDI3000;
5667 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005669
5670 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5671 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5672 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5673 } else {
5674 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5675 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005677 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5678 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005680 while (!accepted) {
5681 while (!running) {
5682 do {
5683 Add / modify source code;
5684 } until (compiles);
5685 Debug;
5686 if (clueless)
5687 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5688 }
5689 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5690 if (reasonable critiques)
5691 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5692 else
5693 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696 return 0;
5697}
5698
5699void no_more_time (int sig)
5700{
5701 hire_a_guru();
5702}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
5704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705Coding Standards:
5706-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005709coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005710"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005712Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5713MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005714reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005715sources.
5716
5717Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5718Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5719in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720
5721Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5722- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005723- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005724- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005725- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5727
5728Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5729with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005730
5731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732Submitting Patches:
5733-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5736establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5737may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005738
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005739Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005740
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005741Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5742see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5745it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005747* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5748 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5749 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5752 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5755
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05005756* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
5757 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005759* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5760 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005761
5762* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5763 document these in the README file.
5764
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005765* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5766 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005767 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005768 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5769 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005771 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5772 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5773 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005775 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5776 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5777 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5778 affected files).
5779
5780 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5781 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782
5783* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5784 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5785
5786* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5787 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5788
5789
5790Notes:
5791
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005792* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5794 for any of the boards.
5795
5796* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5797 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5798 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5799
5800* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5801 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5802 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5803 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5804 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5805 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005806
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005807* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5808 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5809 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5810 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.